Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic & Manual System
        • A/C Service Specifications
        • A/C Torque Specifications
    • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
    • Battery
      • Battery Service Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence Specification
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brake Service Specifications
        • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • Adjustment
        • Drive Belt Specifications & Procedures
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • Service
        • Engine Cooling Specifications
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Notes
        • Pressure Cap Testing
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Compression
      • Oil Pressure
      • Overhaul
      • Torque
    • Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel Pressure Specifications
      • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
    • Ignition System
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • High Tension Wires
        • Ignition High Tension Wire Resistance Specifications
      • Ignition Timing
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Specifications
    • Starting System
      • Starter
        • Starter Motor Service Applications
        • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Torque
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E/4L65-E) DTCS - 4.2L
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E/4L65-E) DTCS - 5.3L
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.2L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 5.3L DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 126-NP4) DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 226-NP8) DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Rear, Bottom View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 6 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C3 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C3 (2 Of 2)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element And Thermistor Assembly Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element And Thermistor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger Back
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/Memory Seat)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C4
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Front Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Horizontal Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Rear Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Recline Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motors And Position Sensors Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motors And Position Sensors Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View (Olds)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Chevy/GMC) (1 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Chevy/GMC) (2 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Olds)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Cellular Microphone Components Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (w/UQA)
        • DVD Player - Connector End View
        • Noise Reduction Microphone - Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (w/UE1)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Volume/AM/FM Switch Connector End View (w/STW)
        • Voice Recorder Connector End View (w/UPC)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C3
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View - L
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View - R
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View - L
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View - R
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver-side & Passenger-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS), Side Impact Air Bag Module & Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Clutch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3 (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Belt Connector End View - LF Seat Belt Switch
        • Engine Oil Level and Temperature Sensor Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 5.3L
        • Fuel/Trip Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Select/Personalization Switch Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Front)
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Rear)
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6) (1 Of 2)
        • Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6) (2 Of 2)
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6) (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6) (2 Of 2)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • LR Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Liftgate Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • RR Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • LF Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • LF Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • RF Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • LR Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • RR Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • Driver Window Motor Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Window Motor Connector End View
        • LR Window Motor Connector End View
        • RR Window Motor Connector End View
        • LR Window Switch Connector End View
        • RR Window Switch Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (3 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (4 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature & Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (w/CJ3)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (GMC)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (GMC)
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left Center (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right Center (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Left (w/TR6)
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Right (w/TR6)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Chevrolet)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Chevrolet)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Driver
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - LR
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - RR
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Northface Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Chevrolet)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Chevrolet)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Roof Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Roof Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/o T79)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/T79)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (1 Of 2)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (2 Of 2)
        • Trailer Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Trailer Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RF
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
          • Garage Door Opener
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
          • Non-Compatible Garage Door Openers
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
          • Driver Door Module Power and Ground
          • Serial Data and Subsystem References
          • Front Passenger Door Module Power and Ground
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
          • Door Lock Switch, Window Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM)
          • Door, LR
          • Power Mirror
          • Window Switch, LR
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Lock Actuator - Driver
          • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger
          • Door Lock Actuator - LR
          • Door Lock Actuator - Liftgate
          • Door Lock Actuator - RR
          • Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch- LF
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3
          • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4
          • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C5
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module
          • Driver Door Module and Passenger Door Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Driver Door Module/Passenger Door Module
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM))
        • DTC B1017 (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1550
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1720
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • B1721
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1723
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1724
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3821
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3824
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door(s))
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
          • LGM (Remote Function Actuator)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
          • Steering Column
          • Passlock Sensor
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Hood Ajar Switch (Export)
          • Passlock Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Lift Gate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2945: Short To Ground Or Open On The Passlock™ Sensor Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955: BCM Signal Input Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect But Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: BCM Is Reading A Tamper Code From The Passlock™ Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632: Theft Deterrent Start Disable Signal Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case, Including the Passlock™ Sensor
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics
          • Body Control System Schematics (Power and Ground)
          • Body Control System Schematics (Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References) (1 of 3)
          • Body Control System Schematics (Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References) (2 of 3)
          • Body Control System Schematics (Controlled/Monitored Subsystem References) (3 of 3)
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000: Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • B1000
        • DTC B1001: ID Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • B1001
        • DTC B1004: KAM In The Module Has Been Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • B1004
        • DTC B1007: EEPROM Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • B1007
        • DTC B1009: EEPROM Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • B1009
        • DTC B1440: Monitored Ignition Switch Circuits Has Malfunctioned
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Correct Ignition Switch Inputs
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Incorrect Ignition Switch Inputs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1440
        • DTC C0550: Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0550
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Wiring Harness Extension Replacement - BCM
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Serial Data Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Correct Ignition Switch Inputs
          • Fail-safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communications System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (Data Link Connector and SP205)
          • Notes
          • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics (SP306)
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
          • Data Link Connector (DLC) And Splice Pack SP205
          • Splice Pack SP306
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Splice Pack SP205
          • Splice Pack SP306
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000 And U1255: Node Alive Message Has Not Been Received From An Unidentified Module
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • U1000 and U1255
        • DTC U1001 To U1254: Module U1XXX Communication
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • The Control Module Id
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • U1001-U1254
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305: No Valid Messages Are Detected On The Class 2 Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (W/O Immobilizer)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (W/O Immobilizer)
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (W/ Immobilizer)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (W/ Immobilizer)
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Line
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematics
        • Cruise Control Schematics (TAC Motor, APP Sensor, On/Off Switch and Stop Lamp Switch - 4.2L Only)
        • Cruise Control Schematics (TAC Module, TAC Motor, APP Sensor, On/Off Switch and Stop Lamp Switch - 5.3L Only)
        • Cruise Control Schematics (ECBM and Vehicle Speed Signal)
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
        • Cruise Control Switch (Multifunction Switch)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Description
        • Test Description
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
        • Powertrain (PCM)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0567 (4.2L): Cruise Control Resume Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
          • Notes
          • P0567 (4.2L)
      • DTC P0567 (5.3L): Cruise Control Resume Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
          • Notes
          • P0567 (5.3L)
      • DTC P0568 (4.2L): Cruise Control Set Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
          • Notes
          • P0568 (4.2L)
      • DTC P0568 (5.3L): Cruise Control Set Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
          • Notes
          • P0568 (5.3L)
      • DTC P1574: Stoplamp Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • Notes
          • P1574
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (4.2L)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
          • Notes
          • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (4.2L)
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (5.3L)
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test Description
          • Notes
          • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning (5.3L)
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
          • OnStar Keypad
          • Overhead Console
          • Global Positioning System Antenna Connection
          • Rear Floor
          • Right B Pillar
          • Headliner
          • Global Positioning System Antenna
          • Cellular Cable to Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • Rear Floor and C Pillar
          • Cellular Antenna
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM), Short Wheelbase, Body Type VIN = 3
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM), Long Wheelbase, Body Type VIN = 6
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
          • Cellular Microphone
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Open In Cellular Microphone Low Reference Circuit, Or A Short To Voltage In Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2455
        • DTC B2470: Vehicle Communication Interface Module Does Not Detect A Cellular Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2470
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2476
        • DTC B2482: A Button Is Depressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2482
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Vehicle Communication Interface Module Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2483 or B2484
        • DTC U1500: VCIM Detects An Internal Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • U1500
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone (Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • Dialing a Phone Number Hands Free
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
            • Notes
            • General Tips for Better Speech Recognition
            • Personal Calling Commands
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base Radio - Power, Ground and Serial Data)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base Radio - W/O Rear Seat Audio)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base Radio - With Rear Seat Audio)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base Radio - Body Type VIN 3)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Premium Radio - Body Type VIN 6)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Premium Radio - Speakers and Amplifier)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Steering Wheel Controls)
        • Voice Recorder Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
          • Radio Antenna Cable
          • Radio Antenna Cable Routing
          • Voice Recorder
          • Speaker-RF Instrument Panel
          • Radio
          • Overhead Console
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Display Screen
          • Speaker-LF Door
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • Speaker-LR Door
          • Audio Amplifier, Short Wheelbase Body Type VIN 3
          • Audio Amplifier, Long Wheelbase Body Type VIN 6
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UQA)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UQA)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (w/UQA)
          • DVD Player
          • Noise Reduction Microphone
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2 (w/UE1)
          • Speaker - LF Door
          • Speaker - LF I/P (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - LR Door
          • Speaker - RF Door
          • Speaker - RF I/P (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - RR Door
          • Voice Recorder (w/UPC)
          • Volume/AM/FM Switch (w/STW)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Radio
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2815
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • DTC B2815
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • Mast Antenna System
            • Radio Poor Reception
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
          • Without RPO UQA
          • With RPO UQA (Bose)
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • All Speakers Inoperative
            • Notes
            • Without RPO UQA
            • With RPO UQA (Bose)
          • One Speaker Inoperative
            • Notes
            • Without RPO UQA
            • With RPO UQA (Bose)
        • Voice Recorder Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Always On
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Personal Message Player/Recorder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Bravada, Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Envoy XL, TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Player Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Features
          • Cassette Features
          • Compact Disc Features
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Notes
            • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
            • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Power (PWR)
            • Volume (VOL)
            • Source Switching
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Preset Scan
            • Next
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
            • Rear Seat Entertainment System
            • DVD Player
            • DVD Player Buttons
            • Video Screen Display Buttons
            • Playing a Disc
            • Stopping and Resuming Play
            • Ejecting the Disc
          • DVD Messages
            • Notes
            • Parental Control/Auxiliary Inputs
              • Notes
              • Parental Control Button
              • Video Screen
            • Remote Control
            • Remote Control Buttons
            • Battery Replacement
            • Wireless Headphones
            • Stereo RCA Jacks
            • Audio Output
          • Effects of Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) on the Video System
          • Rear Video System Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Lift Gate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Marker Lamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License, and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)/Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Odometer
            • Audible Warning
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter or 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-in-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Lift Gate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Marker Lamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License, and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Review Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0283
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Notes
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
          • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
          • World Magnetic Variation Map
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Horns Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Horns Component Views
      • Horns Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
      • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Symptoms - Horns
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Horns Always On
        • Test Description
      • Horns Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Horns - Poor Tone
    • Repair Instructions
      • Horn Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Horns System Description and Operation
        • System Description
        • System Operation
        • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
          • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
          • Tilt Steering Column
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
          • Steering Column Components
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission In Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness In Steering Column
          • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
          • OnStar Keypad
          • Overhead Console
          • Global Positioning System Antenna Connection
          • Rear Floor
          • Right B Pillar
          • Headliner
          • Global Positioning System Antenna
          • Cellular Cable to Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • Rear Floor and C Pillar
          • Cellular Antenna
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM), Short Wheelbase, Body Type VIN = 3
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM), Long Wheelbase, Body Type VIN = 6
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
          • Cellular Microphone
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Open In Cellular Microphone Low Reference Circuit, Or A Short To Voltage In Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2455
        • DTC B2470: Vehicle Communication Interface Module Does Not Detect A Cellular Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2470
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2476
        • DTC B2482: A Button Is Depressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2482
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: Vehicle Communication Interface Module Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B2483 or B2484
        • DTC U1500: VCIM Detects An Internal Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • U1500
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Cellular Telephone (Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coupling Replacement - Antenna Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Navigation Control Processor Bracket Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • Dialing a Phone Number Hands Free
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
            • Notes
            • General Tips for Better Speech Recognition
            • Personal Calling Commands
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base Radio - Power, Ground and Serial Data)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base Radio - W/O Rear Seat Audio)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base Radio - With Rear Seat Audio)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base Radio - Body Type VIN 3)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Premium Radio - Body Type VIN 6)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Premium Radio - Speakers and Amplifier)
          • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Steering Wheel Controls)
        • Voice Recorder Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
          • Radio Antenna Cable
          • Radio Antenna Cable Routing
          • Voice Recorder
          • Speaker-RF Instrument Panel
          • Radio
          • Overhead Console
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Digital Video Disc (DVD) Display Screen
          • Speaker-LF Door
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • Speaker-LR Door
          • Audio Amplifier, Short Wheelbase Body Type VIN 3
          • Audio Amplifier, Long Wheelbase Body Type VIN 6
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier C1 (w/UQA)
          • Audio Amplifier C2 (w/UQA)
          • Audio Amplifier C3 (w/UQA)
          • DVD Player
          • Noise Reduction Microphone
          • Radio C1
          • Radio C2 (w/UE1)
          • Speaker - LF Door
          • Speaker - LF I/P (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - LR Door
          • Speaker - RF Door
          • Speaker - RF I/P (w/UQA)
          • Speaker - RR Door
          • Voice Recorder (w/UPC)
          • Volume/AM/FM Switch (w/STW)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Radio
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2815
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • DTC B2815
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Using a Test Antenna
          • Antenna Ground Test
          • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
            • Notes
            • Mast Antenna System
            • Radio Poor Reception
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
          • Without RPO UQA
          • With RPO UQA (Bose)
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Radio/Audio System
          • All Speakers Inoperative
            • Notes
            • Without RPO UQA
            • With RPO UQA (Bose)
          • One Speaker Inoperative
            • Notes
            • Without RPO UQA
            • With RPO UQA (Bose)
        • Voice Recorder Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Always On
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Personal Message Player/Recorder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Bravada, Envoy, TrailBlazer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement (Envoy XL, TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Mast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Player Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Video Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Features
          • Cassette Features
          • Compact Disc Features
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Notes
            • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
            • Single Disc Loading
            • Multi Disc Loading
            • Removing CDs
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Controlling the Radio
            • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
            • RDS Clock Time
            • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
            • Notes
            • Power (PWR)
            • Volume (VOL)
            • Source Switching
            • Seek (SEEK)
            • Preset Scan
            • Next
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
            • Rear Seat Entertainment System
            • DVD Player
            • DVD Player Buttons
            • Video Screen Display Buttons
            • Playing a Disc
            • Stopping and Resuming Play
            • Ejecting the Disc
          • DVD Messages
            • Notes
            • Parental Control/Auxiliary Inputs
              • Notes
              • Parental Control Button
              • Video Screen
            • Remote Control
            • Remote Control Buttons
            • Battery Replacement
            • Wireless Headphones
            • Stereo RCA Jacks
            • Audio Output
          • Effects of Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) on the Video System
          • Rear Video System Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Wheel Opening
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Wheel Opening
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Oldsmobile)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Chevrolet, GMC)
          • Tools Require
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Chevrolet, GMC)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Oldsmobile)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Lift Gate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Door Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Trailblazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)/Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Odometer
            • Audible Warning
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter or 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-in-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
          • Notes
          • How to Use this Product
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Window - Front (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Window - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Lift Gate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Dimming Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Battery Rundown Protection Circuit Malf
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Foglamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamps Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: Headlamp High Beam Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Parklamp Control Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Passenger Compartment Dimming 1 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Passenger Compartment Dimming 2 Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: Display Dimming Input Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Display Dimming Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Passenger Compartment Lamp Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Parklamps Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Cornering Lamps Always On
        • Cornering Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Defeat Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) On with Park Brake Applied
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Marker Lamps Inoperative
        • Memory/Heated Seat Switch Backlighting Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Always On
        • Tail, Marker, and License Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome and Reading Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal/Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Replacement (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cornering Lamp Bulb Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clearance Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Marker Lamp Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Headlamp Leveling (Export)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, Marker, License, and Clearance Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Cornering Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Mirror Lamps
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Memory Modules
    • Driver Personalization
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks (If Equipped)
          • Additional Information
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seats Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Remote Activation Verification
          • Delayed Lighting
          • Perimeter Lighting
          • Memory Seat Recall
          • Easy Exit Seat
          • Tilt Mirror In Reverse
          • Content Theft Deterrent Alarm
          • Display Language
          • Display Units (E/M)
          • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
          • Driver Door Module Power and Ground
          • Serial Data and Subsystem References
          • Front Passenger Door Module Power and Ground
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
          • Door Lock Switch, Window Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM)
          • Door, LR
          • Power Mirror
          • Window Switch, LR
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Lock Actuator - Driver
          • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger
          • Door Lock Actuator - LR
          • Door Lock Actuator - Liftgate
          • Door Lock Actuator - RR
          • Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch- LF
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3
          • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4
          • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C5
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module
          • Driver Door Module and Passenger Door Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Driver Door Module/Passenger Door Module
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM))
        • DTC B1017 (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1550
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1720
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • B1721
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1723
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1724
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3821
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3824
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door(s))
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Review Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0283
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Notes
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
          • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
          • World Magnetic Variation Map
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
          • Driver Seat With Memory Seat Module
          • Driver Seat Without Memory or Heat
          • Front Passenger Seat With Heat
          • Front Passenger Seat Without Heat
        • Lumbar Support Schematics
          • Driver Seat With Memory Seat Module
          • Driver Seat Without Memory Or Heat
          • Front Passenger Seat With Heat
          • Front Passenger Seat Without Heat
        • Heated Seats Schematics
        • Memory Seats Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
          • Power Seat
          • Memory/Heated Seat Switches
          • Front Passenger Seat
          • Passenger Seat Lumbar Actuators, Driver Seat Similar
          • Passenger Heated Seat Elements, Driver Seat Similar
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Cushion
          • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Cushion
          • Heated Seat Element and Thermistor Assembly - Driver Back
          • Heated Seat Element and Thermistor Assembly - Front Passenger Back
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o Memory Seat)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/Memory Seat)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Passenger (w/o Memory Seat)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Passenger (w/Memory Seat)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4
          • Memory Seat Module - Passenger C1
          • Memory Seat Module - Passenger C2
          • Memory Seat Module - Passenger C3
          • Memory Seat Module - Passenger C4
          • Position Sensor - Front Motor (w/Memory Seat)
          • Position Sensor - Horizontal Motor (w/Memory Seat)
          • Position Sensor - Rear Motor (w/Memory Seat)
          • Position Sensor - Recline Motor (w/Memory Seat)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o Memory Seat)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/Memory Seat)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (w/o Memory Seat)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/Memory Seat)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver/Passenger
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver/Passenger
          • Seat Lumbar Motors and Position Sensors Assembly - Driver
          • Seat Lumbar Motors and Position Sensors Assembly - Front Passenger
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver/Passenger
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver/Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Passenger Seat Module (PSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Passenger Seat Module (PSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820: Power Seat Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Seat Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, Or B2375
        • DTC B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B2075, B2080, B2085, B2090, or B3905: Lumbar Switch Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B2075, B2080, B2085, B2090, or B3905
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B2425 or B2430
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Seat Back Heater Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B2435 or B2440
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (AR9)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (A51)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Cover Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Panel Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Latch Release Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mid-Position Floor Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pull Strap Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Cover Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Panel Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Extension Panel Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Hinge Filler Cover Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Riser Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Riser Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Cross Bar Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Latch Rod Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat System Operation
          • A51 Power Seats
          • AR9 Front Passenger Seat
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support System Components
          • A51 Lumbar Support System Operation
          • AR9 Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seats System Components
          • Heated Seats System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
          • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
          • Tilt Steering Column
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
          • Steering Column Components
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission In Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness In Steering Column
          • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
          • Driver Door Module Power and Ground
          • Serial Data and Subsystem References
          • Front Passenger Door Module Power and Ground
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
          • Door Lock Switch, Window Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM)
          • Door, LR
          • Power Mirror
          • Window Switch, LR
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Lock Actuator - Driver
          • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger
          • Door Lock Actuator - LR
          • Door Lock Actuator - Liftgate
          • Door Lock Actuator - RR
          • Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch- LF
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3
          • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4
          • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C5
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module
          • Driver Door Module and Passenger Door Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Driver Door Module/Passenger Door Module
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM))
        • DTC B1017 (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1550
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1720
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • B1721
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1723
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1724
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3821
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3824
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door(s))
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Review Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0283
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Notes
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
          • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
          • World Magnetic Variation Map
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
          • Wiper/Washer System Schematics (Outside Moisture Sensor and Front Wiper/Washer Motor)
          • Wiper/Washer System Schematics (Wiper/Washer Switch and Washer Fluid Level Switch)
          • Wiper/Washer System Schematics (Headlamp Washer)
          • Wiper/Washer System Schematics (Rear Wiper/Washer)
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir
          • Windshield Wiper Motor
          • Outside Moisture Sensor
          • Windshield Wiper Switch
          • Headlamp Washer Switch
          • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch (Chevrolet)
          • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch-GMC and Oldsmobile
          • Rear Window Wiper Motor
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
          • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump
          • Outside Moisture Sensor
          • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump
          • Rear Window Wiper Motor
          • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch (Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Wiper/Washer
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Wiper/Washer
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Body Control Module
          • Liftgate Module
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • LGM Scan Tool Data List
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017: Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1017
        • DTC B2697: Headlamp Washer Request Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B2697
        • DTC B3810 or B3811: Washer Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • B3810 or B3811
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Moisture Sensing Feature Inoperative
        • Washer Always On - Rear
        • Washer Inoperative - Rear
        • Washers Inoperative - Headlamp
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Wiper Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
          • Blade Element Set Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement (Headlamps)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement (Windshield)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement (Headlamp Washer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement (Windshield Washer)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Headlamp Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Outside Moisture Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Hose Replacement - Rear (Pump To Liftgate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Park Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Moisture Sensitive Wipers
          • Check Washer Fluid Message
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Controls
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Operation
        • Headlamp Washer System Description and Operation
          • Headlamp Washer System Components
          • Headlamp Washer System Controls
          • Headlamp Washer System Operation
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
          • Driver Door Module Power and Ground
          • Serial Data and Subsystem References
          • Front Passenger Door Module Power and Ground
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
          • Door Lock Switch, Window Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM)
          • Door, LR
          • Power Mirror
          • Window Switch, LR
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Lock Actuator - Driver
          • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger
          • Door Lock Actuator - LR
          • Door Lock Actuator - Liftgate
          • Door Lock Actuator - RR
          • Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch- LF
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3
          • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4
          • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C5
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module
          • Driver Door Module and Passenger Door Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Driver Door Module/Passenger Door Module
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM))
        • DTC B1017 (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1550
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1720
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • B1721
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1723
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1724
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3821
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3824
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door(s))
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
          • LGM (Remote Function Actuator)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver's Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
          • Steering Column
          • Passlock Sensor
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
          • Hood Ajar Switch (Export)
          • Passlock Sensor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Lift Gate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2945: Short To Ground Or Open On The Passlock™ Sensor Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2955: BCM Signal Input Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Sec Sys Sensor Data Incorrect But Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: BCM Is Reading A Tamper Code From The Passlock™ Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: Theft Deterrent Fuel Enable Signal Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630: Theft Deterrent Learn Mode Active
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: Theft Deterrent Start Enable Signal Not Correct
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1632: Theft Deterrent Start Disable Signal Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
          • SECURITY Indicator
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming an Armed System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Ajar Switches
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case, Including the Passlock™ Sensor
          • Ignition Switch
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Powertrain Control Module
          • Theft System Indicator
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Adjustment
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Housing Panel Replacement (Chevrolet, GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Intake Baffle Replacement - Radiator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Radiator Support Diagonal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics (Liftgate)
        • Body Rear End Schematics (Quarter Glass Actuators (Long Wheelbase, Body Type VIN 6))
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
          • Liftgate
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) - C1
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) - C2
          • Liftgate Module (LGM) - C3
          • Liftgate Ajar Switch
          • Liftglass Ajar Switch
          • Quarterglass Actuator-L
          • Quarterglass Actuator-R
          • Quarterglass Switch-L
          • Quarterglass Switch-R
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • End Gate Window Release Inoperative
        • Rear Quarter Window(s) Inoperative
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Quarter Window Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lift Gate Applique Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Plate Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lift Gate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Lift Gate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle/Striker Replacement - Lift Gate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Lift Gate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lift Gate Control Module Programming
        • Lift Gate Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Adjustment - Lift Gate Window
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Actuator Replacement - Rear Quarter Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Lift Gate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation (General)
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Description and Operation (Gate Ajar Indicator)
          • Gate Ajar Indicator
        • Rear Quarter Window Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Dam Replacement - Front (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Dam Replacement - Front (Chevrolet, GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Chevrolet, GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (GMC)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Wheel Opening
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Wheel Opening
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Oldsmobile)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side (Chevrolet, GMC)
          • Tools Require
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Chevrolet, GMC)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side (Oldsmobile)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Lift Gate Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Door Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rocker Molding Scuff Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Trailblazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)/Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Odometer
            • Audible Warning
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter or 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-in-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
          • Notes
          • How to Use this Product
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Overhead Console Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Console Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Window - Front (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Window - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter Upper (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Dimensions - Frame (Trailblazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Three-Dimensional Measurements
            • Notes
            • Dimensions - Frame (Trailblazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Point to Point Measurement
        • Dimensions - Frame (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Three-Dimensional Measurements
            • Notes
            • Dimensions - Frame (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Point to Point Measurements
            • Notes
            • Dimensions - Frame (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Frame Sectioning - Front Full Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Crossmember Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Crossmember Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Crossmember Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement (Trailblazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement - Front (Chevrolet (X88) ONLY)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Support Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Shield Replacement (Trailblazer, Envoy)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Shield Replacement (Trailblazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Collision Repair
        • Component Locator
          • Panel Identification
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
          • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
          • Tilt Steering Column
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
          • Steering Column Components
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission In Any Gear
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness In Steering Column
          • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
          • Driver Door Module Power and Ground
          • Serial Data and Subsystem References
          • Front Passenger Door Module Power and Ground
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
          • Door Lock Switch, Window Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM)
          • Door, LR
          • Power Mirror
          • Window Switch, LR
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Lock Actuator - Driver
          • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger
          • Door Lock Actuator - LR
          • Door Lock Actuator - Liftgate
          • Door Lock Actuator - RR
          • Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch- LF
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3
          • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4
          • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C5
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module
          • Driver Door Module and Passenger Door Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Driver Door Module/Passenger Door Module
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM))
        • DTC B1017 (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1550
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1720
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • B1721
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1723
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1724
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3821
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3824
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door(s))
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Review Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0283
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Notes
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
          • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
          • World Magnetic Variation Map
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Seats Schematics
          • Driver Seat With Memory Seat Module
          • Driver Seat Without Memory or Heat
          • Front Passenger Seat With Heat
          • Front Passenger Seat Without Heat
        • Lumbar Support Schematics
          • Driver Seat With Memory Seat Module
          • Driver Seat Without Memory Or Heat
          • Front Passenger Seat With Heat
          • Front Passenger Seat Without Heat
        • Heated Seats Schematics
        • Memory Seats Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
          • Power Seat
          • Memory/Heated Seat Switches
          • Front Passenger Seat
          • Passenger Seat Lumbar Actuators, Driver Seat Similar
          • Passenger Heated Seat Elements, Driver Seat Similar
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
          • Heated Seat Element - Driver Cushion
          • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Cushion
          • Heated Seat Element and Thermistor Assembly - Driver Back
          • Heated Seat Element and Thermistor Assembly - Front Passenger Back
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o Memory Seat)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/Memory Seat)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Passenger (w/o Memory Seat)
          • Lumbar Adjuster Switch - Passenger (w/Memory Seat)
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3
          • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4
          • Memory Seat Module - Passenger C1
          • Memory Seat Module - Passenger C2
          • Memory Seat Module - Passenger C3
          • Memory Seat Module - Passenger C4
          • Position Sensor - Front Motor (w/Memory Seat)
          • Position Sensor - Horizontal Motor (w/Memory Seat)
          • Position Sensor - Rear Motor (w/Memory Seat)
          • Position Sensor - Recline Motor (w/Memory Seat)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/o Memory Seat)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (w/Memory Seat)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Passenger (w/o Memory Seat)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger (w/Memory Seat)
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver/Passenger
          • Seat Horizontal Motor - Driver/Passenger
          • Seat Lumbar Motors and Position Sensors Assembly - Driver
          • Seat Lumbar Motors and Position Sensors Assembly - Front Passenger
          • Seat Recline Motor - Driver/Passenger
          • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver/Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Passenger Seat Module (PSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module (DSM)
          • Passenger Seat Module (PSM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820: Power Seat Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, or B2375: Seat Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365, Or B2375
        • DTC B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B2075, B2080, B2085, B2090, or B3905: Lumbar Switch Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B2075, B2080, B2085, B2090, or B3905
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Seat Heater Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B2425 or B2430
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Seat Back Heater Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • B2435 or B2440
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (AR9)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (A51)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Outer Trim Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Support Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Mechanism Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Cover Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Panel Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Bracket Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Latch Release Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mid-Position Floor Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pull Strap Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge Cover Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Bracket - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retractor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Panel Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Guide Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Extension Panel Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Hinge Filler Cover Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Riser Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Outer Riser Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Cross Bar Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Latch Rod Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Components
          • Power Seat System Operation
          • A51 Power Seats
          • AR9 Front Passenger Seat
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support System Components
          • A51 Lumbar Support System Operation
          • AR9 Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Heated Seats System Components
          • Heated Seats System Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System & Luggage Carrier
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
          • Power Sunroof - Body Type VIN 3
          • Power Sunroof - Body Type VIN 6
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
          • Sunroof Module
          • Upper Console
          • Roof With Headliner Removed
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
          • Sunroof Module C1
          • Sunroof Module C2
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Sunroof Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Weatherstrip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Slats Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Rivnut Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Close
          • To Vent Open
          • Sunroof Motor
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
          • Driver Door Module Power and Ground
          • Serial Data and Subsystem References
          • Front Passenger Door Module Power and Ground
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
          • Door Lock Switch, Window Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM)
          • Door, LR
          • Power Mirror
          • Window Switch, LR
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
          • Door Lock Actuator - Driver
          • Door Lock Actuator - Front Passenger
          • Door Lock Actuator - LR
          • Door Lock Actuator - Liftgate
          • Door Lock Actuator - RR
          • Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch- LF
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C1
          • Driver Door Module (DDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C3
          • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C4
          • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) - C5
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C1
          • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C2
          • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) - C3
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RF
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR
          • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR
          • Window Motor - Driver
          • Window Motor - Front Passenger
          • Window Motor - LR
          • Window Motor - RR
          • Window Switch - LR
          • Window Switch - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Body Control Module
          • Driver Door Module and Passenger Door Module
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Driver Door Module/Passenger Door Module
          • Body Control Module
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1017 (Passenger Door Module (PDM))
        • DTC B1017 (Driver Door Module (DDM)): Output Driver Module (ODM) 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1023: Integral Switch Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1023
        • DTC B1550: Mirror Left Front or Right Front Select Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1550
        • DTC B1720: Mirror Up and Down Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1720
        • DTC B1721: Mirror Left and Right Control Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • B1721
        • DTC B1723: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 1 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1723
        • DTC B1724: Mirror Motor Control Circuit 2 Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1724
        • DTC B3808: Rear Door Lock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Rear Door Unlock Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Left Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3821
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B3824
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door(s))
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Side Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy, Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Weatherstrip Run Channel Assembly Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT, Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Lens Replacement - Turn Signal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
            • Power Mirror System Components
            • Power Mirror System Controls
            • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Review Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Rear Window Defogger C1
          • Rear Window Defogger C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Liftgate Module (LGM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Electric Rear Defrost Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • Notes
            • B0283
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Notes
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Resistance
          • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
          • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and Compass without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature with Compass and OnStar®
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature, Compass/Temperature Display with OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
          • World Magnetic Variation Map
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0221 To C0227: Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226 and C0227
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222 and C0226
            • C0223 and C0227
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0221, C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226, and C0227
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229: Drop Out of Front Wheel Speed Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0235 To C0237 or P0609: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236 and C0237
            • P0609
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236
            • C0237
            • P0609
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0238: Wheel Speed Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241 To C0254: EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0241, C0242, C0245, C0246, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254
            • C0243, C0244, C0247, C0248
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0265 or C0266: EBCM Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0267 or C0268: Pump Motor Circuit Open/Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0269 or C0274: Excessive Dump/Isolation Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0269
            • C0274
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0271 To C0273, C0284: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0279: Powertrain Configuration Not Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283: Traction Switch Shorted to Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: Delivered Torque Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0287
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292: Lost Communications With PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0291: Lost Communications With BCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0297: Powertrain Configuration Data Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0298 or P1571: Powertrain Indicated Traction Control Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (Except Bravada)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (Bravada)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Two - Person Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
            • Low Traction
            • Traction Off
          • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes & Drum Brakes
      • Description & Operation
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description
          • Master Cylinder
          • Master Cylinder Fluid Reservoir
          • Pipes and Flexible Brake Hoses
          • Pressure Balance Control System
          • Wheel Apply Components
        • Hydraulic Brake System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description
          • Brake Pedal
          • Brake Pedal Pushrod
          • Power Brake Booster
          • Vacuum Source
          • Vacuum Source Delivery System
        • Brake Assist System Operation
        • Brake Warning System
          • Brake Warning Indicator
        • Disc Brake System Description
          • Disc Brake Pads
          • Disc Brake Rotors
          • Disc Brake Pad Hardware
          • Disc Brake Caliper Hardware
        • Disc Brake System Operation
        • Park Brake System Description
          • Park Brake Lever Assembly
          • Park Brake Cables
          • Park Brake Cable Equalizer
          • Park Brake Apply Lever
          • Park Brake Actuator
          • Park Brake Shoe
        • Park Brake System Operation
      • Bleeding, Filling & Flushing Brake System
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence
        • Manual Bleeding
        • Pressure Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
      • Adjustments & Inspections
        • Brake Pedal PUSHROD Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement & Inspection
        • Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster
          • Notes
          • Disabling
          • Enabling
        • Disc Brake System
          • Disc Brake Operational Inspection
          • Brake Caliper Inspection
          • Brake Pad Inspection
          • Front Disc Brake Mounting & Hardware Inspection
          • Rear Disc Brake Mounting & Hardware Inspection
          • Brake Rotor Surface & Wear Inspection
          • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
          • Brake Rotor Refinishing
        • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Brake System External Leak Inspection
          • Brake Pipe & Hose Inspection
        • Park Brake System
          • Notes
          • Park Brake Adjustment
          • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brake
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brake
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brake
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Park Brake
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Symptom Testing
        • Braking Action Uneven
          • Pulls To One Side
          • Front To Rear
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Brake Will Not Hold Or Release
      • System Testing
        • Brake Assist System Testing
        • Disc Brake System Testing
        • Hydraulic Brake System Testing
        • Park Brake System Testing
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Burnishing Pads & Rotors
        • Brake Calipers
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Brake Caliper Brackets
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Brake Hoses
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Brake Pads
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Pipe
          • Notes
          • Removal
        • Brake Rotors
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Disc Brake Hardware
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear)
        • Disc Brake Splash Shields
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation
        • Rear Disc Brake Backing Plate
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Actuator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Cable
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Lever Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Shoe
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Brake Booster
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Brake Booster Check Valve And/Or Hose
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Stoplight Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Front Brake Caliper
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Master Cylinder
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Rear Brake Caliper
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
      • Brake Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic System Check - ABS
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0221 To C0227: Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226 and C0227
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222 and C0226
            • C0223 and C0227
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0221, C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226, and C0227
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229: Drop Out of Front Wheel Speed Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0235 To C0237 or P0609: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236 and C0237
            • P0609
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236
            • C0237
            • P0609
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0238: Wheel Speed Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241 To C0254: EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0241, C0242, C0245, C0246, C0251, C0252, C0253, C0254
            • C0243, C0244, C0247, C0248
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0265 or C0266: EBCM Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0267 or C0268: Pump Motor Circuit Open/Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0269 or C0274: Excessive Dump/Isolation Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0269
            • C0274
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0271 To C0273, C0284: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0279: Powertrain Configuration Not Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283: Traction Switch Shorted to Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: Delivered Torque Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0287
            • P1644 or P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292: Lost Communications With PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0291: Lost Communications With BCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0297: Powertrain Configuration Data Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0298 or P1571: Powertrain Indicated Traction Control Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Low Traction Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (Except Bravada)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On (Bravada)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Two - Person Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
            • Low Traction
            • Traction Off
          • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Axle Shafts
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Symptoms
          • Notes
          • Classifying Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Clicking Noise In Turns
        • Clunking When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunking Noise When Accelerating During Turns
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Notes
        • Axle Shaft Inner Joint & Boot
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Axle Shaft Outer Joint & Boot
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Front Drive Axle - 4WD
      • Specification
      • Component Locator
        • Front Drive Axle Disassembled Views
          • Front Drive Axle (7.25 in Axle) (S4WD)
          • Front Drive Axle (7.25 in Axle) (A4WD)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Front Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Front Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
          • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
          • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
          • Noisy On Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Wear (Minor)
            • Wear (Major)
            • Brinelling
            • Indentations
            • Single Edge Pitting
            • Double Edge Pitting
            • Misalignment
            • Frettage
            • Smears
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
            • Notes
            • Abrasive Roller Wear
            • Abrasive Step Wear
            • Galling
            • Etching
            • Bent Cage
            • Cage Wear
            • Indentations
            • Frettage
            • Smears
            • Stain Discoloration
            • Heat Discoloration
            • Misalignment
            • Cracked Inner Race
            • Fatigue Spalling
            • Brinelling
        • Front Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
          • Oil Seals
          • Sealing Surfaces
          • Differential Carrier Assembly
        • Lubricant Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Replacement - Front Drive Axle (S4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Replacement - Front Drive Axle (A4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Shaft Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Actuator Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal, and Dust Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement (4.2L In-Line Six Cylinder)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L V-8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Oil Seal and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Disassemble (S4WD)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Disassemble (A4WD)
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Clutch Fork and Sleeve Inspection
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly Case Bearings and Thrust Washers Inspection
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble
        • Differential Case Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Case and Gears Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Thrust Washers, Shims, and Adjuster Sleeves Inspection
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
          • Notes
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Backlash Inspection and Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Measuring Backlash
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Assemble (S4WD)
          • Notes
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Assembly - Assemble (A4WD)
          • Notes
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • Pinion Depth Adjustment
            • Backlash Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
          • Automatic Four Wheel Drive (A4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Differential Adjustment Shim Specifications
        • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
          • Axle Preload and Backlash Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
          • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive
          • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
          • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
          • Noisy on Turns
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Abrasive Roller Wear
          • Abrasive Step Wear
          • Galling
          • Etching
          • Bent Cage
          • Cage Wear
          • Indentations
          • Frettage
          • Smears
          • Stain Discoloration
          • Heat Discoloration
          • Misalignment
          • Cracked Inner Race
          • Fatigue Spalling
          • Brinelling
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
          • Oil Seals
          • Gaskets
          • Rear Axle Housing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Rear Axle Housing Inspection
        • Shims Inspection
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment
        • Backlash Adjustment
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Identification
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
          • Backlash Adjustment
          • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
          • Correct Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
            • Service Hints
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • High Flank Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
          • Low Flank Contact Pattern
            • Condition
            • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Rear Drive Axle - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Thrust Block Sizes (Locking)
          • Thrust Block Sizes (Locking)
      • Component Locator
        • Locking Differential Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks in Turns
          • Locking Rear Axle Locks in Turns
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters in Turns
          • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters in Turns
        • Noise in Addition to Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Noise in Addition to Normal Clutch Engagement
      • Repair Instructions
        • Locking Differential Disassemble
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.0 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Disassemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble
        • Locking Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.0 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly - Assemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Washer Sizes
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Locking Differential Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft And Universal Joints
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
          • Front Drive Propeller Shaft
          • One-Piece Propeller Shaft
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Leak at Front Slip Yoke
          • Leak at Front Slip Yoke
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
          • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
          • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
          • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - Nylon Injected Ring
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - External Snap Ring
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Propeller Shaft Operation
          • Rear Propeller Shaft Operation
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics (Charging System)
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Key ON Test
            • Run Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1638
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Key ON Test
            • Run Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnecting Procedure
          • Connecting Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Charging System Indicators
            • Battery
            • Battery Not Charging
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
        • Notes
        • 4.2L
        • 5.3L
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 4.2L
        • 5.3L
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Rear, Bottom View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 6 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C3 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C3 (2 Of 2)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element And Thermistor Assembly Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element And Thermistor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger Back
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/Memory Seat)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C4
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Front Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Horizontal Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Rear Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Recline Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motors And Position Sensors Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motors And Position Sensors Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View (Olds)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Chevy/GMC) (1 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Chevy/GMC) (2 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Olds)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Cellular Microphone Components Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (w/UQA)
        • DVD Player - Connector End View
        • Noise Reduction Microphone - Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (w/UE1)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Volume/AM/FM Switch Connector End View (w/STW)
        • Voice Recorder Connector End View (w/UPC)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C3
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View - L
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View - R
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View - L
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View - R
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver-side & Passenger-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS), Side Impact Air Bag Module & Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Clutch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3 (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Belt Connector End View - LF Seat Belt Switch
        • Engine Oil Level and Temperature Sensor Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 5.3L
        • Fuel/Trip Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Select/Personalization Switch Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Front)
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Rear)
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6) (1 Of 2)
        • Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6) (2 Of 2)
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6) (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6) (2 Of 2)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • LR Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Liftgate Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • RR Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • LF Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • LF Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • RF Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • LR Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • RR Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • Driver Window Motor Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Window Motor Connector End View
        • LR Window Motor Connector End View
        • RR Window Motor Connector End View
        • LR Window Switch Connector End View
        • RR Window Switch Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (3 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (4 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature & Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (w/CJ3)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (GMC)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (GMC)
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left Center (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right Center (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Left (w/TR6)
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Right (w/TR6)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Chevrolet)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Chevrolet)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Driver
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - LR
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - RR
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Northface Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Chevrolet)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Chevrolet)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Roof Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Roof Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/o T79)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/T79)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (1 Of 2)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (2 Of 2)
        • Trailer Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Trailer Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RF
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Input
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout (with Relay)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout (No Relay, Class 2)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative (with relay)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative (No Relay Class 2)
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Power Mode
          • RAP Relay (if equipped)
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
          • Notes
          • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
          • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Notes
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
          • Notes
          • Fuse Types
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
          • Notes
          • Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Circuit
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
          • Notes
          • Wire Size Conversion
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair.
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Charging Systems
    • Description & Operation
    • Component Locations
    • Adjustments
      • Belt Adjustment
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Notes
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • System Operation Check
    • Self Diagnostic System
      • Notes
      • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
    • Diagnostic Tests
      • DTC B1327: Device Power Circuit Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC B1328: Device Power Circuit High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0562: Low System Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0563: High System Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0621: Generator Turn-On Signal Circuit Voltage Out-Of-Range
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0622: Out Of Range Duty Cycle Signal
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P1634: Improper Ignition 1 Input
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P1637: Generator Turn-On Signal Circuit Voltage Out-Of-Range
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running The DTC
        • Conditions For Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P1638: Out-Of-Range Duty Cycle Signal
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting The DTC
        • Conditions For Clearing The DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Diagnostic Procedure
    • System Tests
      • Notes
      • Test A: Charging System Test
      • Test B: Charge Indicator Always On
      • Test C: Charge Indicator Inoperative
      • Test D: Generator Noise Diagnosis
    • On-Vehicle Testing
      • Notes
      • Battery Testing & Inspection
      • Battery Specifications
      • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Procedure
    • Bench Testing
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Generator
        • Removal & Installation
    • Overhaul
    • Generator Specifications
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • Rear Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Gauges
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Schematic Icons
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)/Passenger Door Module (PDM)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Speedometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Tachometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Device Ignition 1 (ON and START) Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Key In Ignition Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Circuit Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Vehicle Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0654: Engine Speed Output Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Odometer
            • Audible Warning
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Volt Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Fuel Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Lower (GMC/Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (Chevrolet)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster (GMC/Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cigar Lighter or 12-Volt Power Supply Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement (Oldsmobile)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • PRND321 Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Gages
          • Check Oil Level
          • Fuel Level Low
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
            • Notes
            • Vehicle Information
            • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Trip Reset Stem
            • Odometer
            • Trip Odometers
            • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
          • Feature Programming
            • Notes
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-in-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Horns Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Horns Component Views
      • Horns Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
      • Diagnostic System Check - Horns
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Symptoms - Horns
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Horns Always On
        • Test Description
      • Horns Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Horns - Poor Tone
    • Repair Instructions
      • Horn Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Horns System Description and Operation
        • System Description
        • System Operation
        • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics (Charging System)
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Key ON Test
            • Run Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1638
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • Key ON Test
            • Run Test
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
          • Notes
          • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Disconnecting Procedure
          • Connecting Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Charging System Indicators
            • Battery
            • Battery Not Charging
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
        • Notes
        • 4.2L
        • 5.3L
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 4.2L
        • 5.3L
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Rear, Bottom View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 6 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C3 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C3 (2 Of 2)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element And Thermistor Assembly Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element And Thermistor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger Back
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/Memory Seat)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C4
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Front Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Horizontal Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Rear Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Recline Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motors And Position Sensors Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motors And Position Sensors Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View (Olds)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Chevy/GMC) (1 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Chevy/GMC) (2 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Olds)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Cellular Microphone Components Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (w/UQA)
        • DVD Player - Connector End View
        • Noise Reduction Microphone - Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (w/UE1)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Volume/AM/FM Switch Connector End View (w/STW)
        • Voice Recorder Connector End View (w/UPC)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C3
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View - L
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View - R
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View - L
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View - R
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver-side & Passenger-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS), Side Impact Air Bag Module & Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Clutch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3 (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Belt Connector End View - LF Seat Belt Switch
        • Engine Oil Level and Temperature Sensor Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 5.3L
        • Fuel/Trip Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Select/Personalization Switch Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Front)
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Rear)
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6) (1 Of 2)
        • Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6) (2 Of 2)
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6) (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6) (2 Of 2)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • LR Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Liftgate Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • RR Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • LF Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • LF Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • RF Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • LR Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • RR Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • Driver Window Motor Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Window Motor Connector End View
        • LR Window Motor Connector End View
        • RR Window Motor Connector End View
        • LR Window Switch Connector End View
        • RR Window Switch Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (3 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (4 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature & Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (w/CJ3)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (GMC)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (GMC)
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left Center (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right Center (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Left (w/TR6)
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Right (w/TR6)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Chevrolet)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Chevrolet)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Driver
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - LR
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - RR
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Northface Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Chevrolet)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Chevrolet)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Roof Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Roof Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/o T79)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/T79)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (1 Of 2)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (2 Of 2)
        • Trailer Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Trailer Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RF
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check - Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Input
        • Symptoms - Retained Accessory Power
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout (with Relay)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout (No Relay, Class 2)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative (with relay)
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative (No Relay Class 2)
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Power Mode
          • RAP Relay (if equipped)
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
          • Notes
          • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
          • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Notes
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
          • Notes
          • Fuse Types
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
          • Notes
          • Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Circuit
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
          • Notes
          • Wire Size Conversion
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair.
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Torque Specifications
      • Starter Motor Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
      • Component Locations
      • Diagnostic Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Replacement Procedures
        • Notes
        • Starter Motor
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
      • Description & Operation
        • Starter
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Actuator Solenoid Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Underhood, Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End Views - Rear, Bottom View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil No. 6 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • PCM Connector End View C3 (1 Of 2)
        • PCM Connector End View C3 (2 Of 2)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side
        • AT Inline 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Connector End View (C2)
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3)
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Cushion
        • Heated Seat Element And Thermistor Assembly Connector End View - Driver Back
        • Heated Seat Element And Thermistor Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger Back
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/Memory Seat)
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C4
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C1
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C2
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C3
        • Memory Seat Module Connector End View - Passenger C4
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Front Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Horizontal Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Rear Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Position Sensor Connector End View - Recline Motor (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (W/O Memory Seat)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger (W/Memory Seat)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Lumbar Motors And Position Sensors Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Lumbar Motors And Position Sensors Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver/Passenger
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C1
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Connector (EBCM) Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Inverting Driver Module Connector End View (Olds)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Chevy/GMC) (1 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Chevy/GMC) (2 Of 2)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (Olds)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Cellular Microphone Components Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (w/UQA)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (w/UQA)
        • DVD Player - Connector End View
        • Noise Reduction Microphone - Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Radio Connector End View C2 (w/UE1)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door
        • Volume/AM/FM Switch Connector End View (w/STW)
        • Voice Recorder Connector End View (w/UPC)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF I/P (w/UQA)
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C1
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C2
        • Liftgate Module (LGM) Connector End View - C3
        • Liftgate Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Liftglass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View - L
        • Quarterglass Actuator Connector End View - R
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View - L
        • Quarterglass Switch Connector End View - R
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver-side & Passenger-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS), Side Impact Air Bag Module & Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Clutch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2 (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3 (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3 (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Belt Connector End View - LF Seat Belt Switch
        • Engine Oil Level and Temperature Sensor Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View - 4.2L
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View - 5.3L
        • Fuel/Trip Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Select/Personalization Switch Connector End View
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Front)
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (Rear)
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C1
        • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly Connector End View C2
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Air Suspension Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C1
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C2
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Fuse Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Console Mode Actuator Connector End View (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Connector End View (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Defrost Actuator Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6) (1 Of 2)
        • Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6) (2 Of 2)
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Blower Motor Control Module Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Switch Connector End View - Front Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6) (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - Auxiliary with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6) (2 Of 2)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Front Axle Actuator Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • LR Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Liftgate Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • RR Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • LF Driver Door Lock Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Mirror Connector, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Memory Seat Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Mirror Switch, Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Mirror Connector, Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • LF Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • RF Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • LR Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • RR Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View
        • Driver Window Motor Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Window Motor Connector End View
        • LR Window Motor Connector End View
        • RR Window Motor Connector End View
        • LR Window Switch Connector End View
        • RR Window Switch Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (1 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (2 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (3 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C1 (4 Of 4)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module Connector End View C2 (3 Of 3)
        • Engine Oil Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature & Mass Airflow Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C1
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View C2
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP306 Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View (w/CJ3)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left (GMC)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right (GMC)
        • Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Cornering Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Left Center (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - Right Center (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Left (w/TR6)
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator Connector End View - Right (w/TR6)
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C1
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View C2
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (Chevrolet)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (Chevrolet)
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Driver
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - LR
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - RR
        • Miniwedge (Door Jamb Switch) Connector End View - Liftgate
        • Northface Cargo Lamp Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (Chevrolet)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (Chevrolet)
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF (GMC/Oldsmobile)
        • Roof Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Roof Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/o T79)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Left (w/T79)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (1 Of 2)
        • Tail Lamp Assembly Connector End View - Right (2 Of 2)
        • Trailer Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Trailer Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (1 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (2 Of 2)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Connector End View - RF
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 4.2L VIN S
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Model Identification
      • Belt Adjustment
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Specifications
        • Cooling System Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
  • Electric Cooling Fans
    • Description & Operation
      • Notes
      • Cooling Fan Control
    • Component Locations
    • Programming
      • Notes
      • Powertrain Control Module
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
      • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
    • Self-Diagnostic System
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
    • Diagnostic Tests
      • DTC P0480
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Test
      • DTC P0483 Or P0493
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Test
      • DTC P0495
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Test
      • DTC P0526
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Test
      • DTC P1258
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running The DTC
        • Conditions For Setting The DTC
        • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
        • Test
      • DTC P1481
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Test
      • DTC P1482
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Test
      • DTC P1484
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Test
    • Symptom Tests
      • Notes
      • Test A: Excessive Fan Noise
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Test
      • Test B: Fan Clutch Diagnosis
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Fan Clutch
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Cooling Fan & Shroud
        • Notes
        • Removal (2003)
        • Removal (2004)
        • Installation (2003)
        • Installation (2004)
      • Cooling Fan Relay
        • Notes
        • Removal & Installation
    • Torque Specifications
    • Connector Identification
    • Wiring Diagrams
    • Special Tools
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Model Identification
      • Belt Adjustment
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Specifications
        • Cooling System Specifications
        • Torque Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) 4.2 L (LL8), 5.3L (LM4)
          • Instrument Panel Cluster
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0483 or P0493
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0495
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0526
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1481
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1484
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
        • Excessive Fan Noise
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fan Clutch Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (Body Vin Code 6)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Coolant Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (Body Vin Code 3)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Coolant Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (Body Vin Code 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (Body Vin Code 6 LM4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (Body Vin Code 6 LL8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (Body Vin Code 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (Body Vin Code 6 LM4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (Body Vin Code 6 LL8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Vent Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Clutch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Relay Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (Body Vin Code 6)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (Body Vin Type 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (4.2L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (5.3L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control
          • Engine Coolant Indicator
            • Engine Coolant Hot Idle Engine
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Coolant Recovery System
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
          • Coolant Heater
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (4.2L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (5.3L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (5.3L Engine)
        • Notes
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (4.2L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (5.3L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right
        • Notes
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Engine Mechanical - 4.2L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Rear View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - End View (Front)
        • Cylinder Head - End View (Rear)
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Oil Pan - Top View
        • Oil Pan - Left Side View
        • Oil Pan - Right Side View
        • Oil Pan - Rear View
        • Engine Front Cover
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
        • Engine Cover and Components
        • Engine Exhaust and Components
        • Lower Engine Components
        • Timing Chain and Components
        • Cylinder Head Components
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Components
      • Engine Identification
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Timing Chain Alignment Diagram
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Description
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
          • Front Engine Mount
        • Engine Mount and Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount and Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, and/or Tensioner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter and Bypass Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Removal
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal
        • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
        • Heater Inlet Hose Fitting Removal
        • Heater Outlet Hose Fitting Removal
        • Water Outlet Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Thermostat Housing Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Valve Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Oil Pump Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
        • Timing Chain Tensioner Removal
        • Engine Lift Bracket Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Honing Procedure
          • Boring Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshafts Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Camshaft Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • Standard Thread Repair - Flush Hole
          • Recessed Thread Repair
          • Tapered Pipe Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Crankshaft Main Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Valve Lash Adjuster Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Engine Lift Bracket Installation
        • Timing Chain Tensioner Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Valve Installation
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal and Housing Installation
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Thermostat Housing Installation
        • Heater Inlet Hose Fitting Installation
        • Heater Outlet Hose Fitting Installation
        • Water Outlet Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • Notes
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Block
        • Oil Pan
        • Crankshaft
        • Connecting Rods
        • Pistons
        • Cylinder Head
        • Valve Train
        • Fuel System
        • Oil Pump
        • Engine Covers
      • Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Description
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • New Features on the LL8 Engine
        • Engine Features
        • New Special Tools Required
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
      • Use of RTV and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Sealant Types
        • Aerobic Type Room Temperature Vulcanizing (TRV) Sealant
        • Anaerobic Type Threadlock Sealant
        • Anaerobic Type Pipe Sealant
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Torque Specifications
      • Starter Motor Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
      • Component Locations
      • Diagnostic Information
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Electrical
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Testing
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Testing
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Replacement Procedures
        • Notes
        • Starter Motor
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
      • Description & Operation
        • Starter
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Controls - On-Vehicle Adjustments - Trucks (Except Tracker)
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Notes
      • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
    • Injection Pump Timing (Diesel)
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Gasoline Engines
      • Diesel Engines
    • Throttle Position Sensor
      • Gasoline Engines (Except 8.1L)
      • Diesel Engines & 8.1L Gasoline Engine
  • Application
    • Engine/VIN Breakdown
      • Engine/VIN Breakdown
        • Model Coverage
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Vehicle Identification Number
        • VIN Derivative
        • Engine Id & VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0L
          • 2.2L
          • 2.5L
          • 3.4L
          • 4.2L
          • 4.3L
          • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
          • 6.6L (Diesel)
          • 8.1L
        • Vehicle Safety Certification Label
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Pin Voltage Charts
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
        • Notes
        • 4.2L
        • 5.3L
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 4.2L
        • 5.3L
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls - Removal & Installation
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Air Cleaner Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Cleaner Resonator Outlet Duct
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Intake Manifold
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Throttle Body
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (5.3L)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Programming
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
          • 4.2L
          • 5.3L
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
          • 4.2L
          • 5.3L
        • Powertrain Control Module (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Pass-Thru Procedure
          • Off-Board Remote Procedure
          • Off-Board Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Powertrain Control Module (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Pass-Thru Programming
          • Pass-Thru Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.2L)
          • Removal (5.3L)
          • Installation
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.2L)
          • Removal & Installation (5.3L)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal & Installation (5.3L)
        • Knock Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.2L)
          • Removal (5.3L)
          • Installation
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (4.2L)
          • Removal (5.3L)
          • Installation
        • Mass Air Flow/Intake Air Temperature Sensor (5.3L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oxygen Sensors (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Removal (HO2S 1)
          • Installation
          • Removal (HO2S 2)
        • Oxygen Sensors (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Removal (HO2S, Bank 1 & 2 Sensor 1)
          • Installation
          • Removal (HO2S, Bank 1 & 2 Sensor 2)
      • Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve (4.2L)
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (4.2L)
          • Removal (5.3L)
          • Installation
        • EVAP Canister Vent Valve
          • Removal & Installation (4.2L)
          • Removal (5.3L)
          • Installation
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Idle Air Control Motor (4.2L)
          • Removal & Installation
      • Fuel Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
          • 4.2L
          • 5.3L
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Metal Collar)
          • Removal & Installation (Plastic Collar)
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Metal Collar)
          • Removal (Plastic Collar)
          • Installation
        • Fuel Filter
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Fuel Injectors
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Fuel Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Fuel Rail Crossover Pipe (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Rail Outlet Pipe (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Tank
          • Removal (Bravada, Envoy & Trailblazer)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Envoy XL & Trailblazer EXT)
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
      • Ignition Systems
        • Ignition Coils
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
        • Spark Plugs
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (5.3L)
          • Inspection
        • Spark Plug Wires (5.3L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • EVAP Canister
          • Notes
          • Removal (Bravada, Envoy & TrailBlazer)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Envoy XL & TrailBlazer EXT
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Removal & Installation (4.2L)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Valve
          • Removal & Installation
        • EVAP System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
      • Torque Specifications
  • Sensor Range Charts
    • Engine Controls - Sensor Operating Range Charts
      • Introduction
  • Specifications
    • Engine Controls - Service & Adjustment Specifications - 4.2L
      • Introduction
      • Capacities
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
        • Belt Tension
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition Systems
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order
        • Ignition Timing
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Pump
        • Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Throttle Position Sensor
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Control System - Self-Diagnostics - 4.2L
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
          • Hard Failures
          • Intermittent Failures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Pass-Thru Procedure
          • Off-Board Remote Procedure
          • Off-Board Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Drive Cycles
        • Notes
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Malfunction Indicator Light Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Malfunction Indicator Light Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0013: Camshaft Position "B" Actuator Circuit (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0014: Camshaft Position "B" Timing Over Advanced Or System Performance (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0105: Map Sensor Circuit - Insufficient Activity
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0125: Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0128: Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Circuit (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135 Or P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit (Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System - Lean (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System - Rich (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0206: Fuel Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0301-P0306: Cylinder Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0326: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit - Range/Performance (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327 Or P0332: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: Evaporative Emission Control System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Valve Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452: EVAP System Pressure Sensor - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: EVAP System Pressure Sensor - High Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor - Low Output
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor - Intermittent
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 Or P2610: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1120: Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching (Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1137: Ho2S Circuit - Lean System (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1171: Fuel System Lean During Acceleration
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1220: Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1221: Throttle Position Sensors 1 & 2 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1271: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors 1 & 2 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1275: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit (Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1280: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit (Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1345: Crankshaft/Camshaft Position Sensor Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380: Misfire Detected - Rough Road Data Not Available
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No Communication With Brake Control Module
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1512: Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Closed (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1514: Throttle Body Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1515: Commanded Vs. Actual Throttle Position Performance (Pcm)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1516: Commanded Vs. Actual Throttle Position Performance (TAC Module)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1523: Throttle Closed Position Performance
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1633: Ignition 0 Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference "A" Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference "B" Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1682: Driver 5; Line 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • BRAVADA
        • Envoy & Envoy XL
        • Trailblazer & Trailblazer Ext
    • Engine Control System - Trouble Shooting - No Codes - 4.2L
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power Or Sluggish
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Restricted Exhaust
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures - 4.2L
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Cylinder Compression Pressure
          • Cylinder Combustion Pressure Leakage
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • BRAVADA
        • Envoy & Envoy XL
        • Trailblazer & Trailblazer Ext
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing - 4.2L
      • Introduction
      • Component Locations
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensors
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Transmission Range Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Modules, Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
      • Fuel Systems
        • Alcohol/Contaminants In Fuel Diagnosis With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Alcohol/Contaminants In Fuel Diagnosis Without Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol In Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants In Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Without Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedures
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Idle Control System
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan Control
        • Transmission
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • BRAVADA
        • Envoy & Envoy XL
        • Trailblazer & Trailblazer Ext
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Control System - Self-Diagnostics - 4.2L
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
          • Hard Failures
          • Intermittent Failures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Scan Tool Usage
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool Display
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Pass-Thru Procedure
          • Off-Board Remote Procedure
          • Off-Board Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Drive Cycles
        • Notes
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Malfunction Indicator Light Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Malfunction Indicator Light Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0013: Camshaft Position "B" Actuator Circuit (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0014: Camshaft Position "B" Timing Over Advanced Or System Performance (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0105: Map Sensor Circuit - Insufficient Activity
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0122: TP Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0123: TP Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0125: Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0128: Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0130: Ho2S Circuit (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When The DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0135 Or P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit (Bank 1; Sensor 1 Or 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System - Lean (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System - Rich (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0206: Fuel Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0301-P0306: Cylinder Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0326: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit - Range/Performance (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0327 Or P0332: Knock Sensor 1 Circuit - Low Voltage (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0420: Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0440: Evaporative Emission Control System
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Valve Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0452: EVAP System Pressure Sensor - Low Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0453: EVAP System Pressure Sensor - High Input
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0502: Vehicle Speed Sensor - Low Output
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0503: Vehicle Speed Sensor - Intermittent
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 Or P2610: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1120: Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing The MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching (Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1134: Ho2S Transition Time Ratio (Bank 1; Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1137: Ho2S Circuit - Lean System (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage (Bank 1; Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1171: Fuel System Lean During Acceleration
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1220: Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1221: Throttle Position Sensors 1 & 2 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1271: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors 1 & 2 Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1275: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit (Sensor 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1280: Accelerator Pedal Position Circuit (Sensor 2)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1336: Crankshaft System Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1345: Crankshaft/Camshaft Position Sensor Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1380: Misfire Detected - Rough Road Data Not Available
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No Communication With Brake Control Module
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1441: EVAP System Flow During Non-Purge
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1512: Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Closed (Bank 1)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1514: Throttle Body Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1515: Commanded Vs. Actual Throttle Position Performance (Pcm)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1516: Commanded Vs. Actual Throttle Position Performance (TAC Module)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1523: Throttle Closed Position Performance
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1633: Ignition 0 Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1635: 5-Volt Reference "A" Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1639: 5-Volt Reference "B" Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1682: Driver 5; Line 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • BRAVADA
        • Envoy & Envoy XL
        • Trailblazer & Trailblazer Ext
    • Engine Control System - Trouble Shooting - No Codes - 4.2L
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power Or Sluggish
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Cause & Correction
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Restricted Exhaust
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures - 4.2L
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Cylinder Compression Pressure
          • Cylinder Combustion Pressure Leakage
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • BRAVADA
        • Envoy & Envoy XL
        • Trailblazer & Trailblazer Ext
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing - 4.2L
      • Introduction
      • Component Locations
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensors
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Transmission Range Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Modules, Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
      • Fuel Systems
        • Alcohol/Contaminants In Fuel Diagnosis With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Alcohol/Contaminants In Fuel Diagnosis Without Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol In Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants In Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Without Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedures
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Idle Control System
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Notes
        • Air Injection
          • Electric AIR Pump
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Electric Cooling Fan Control
        • Transmission
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • BRAVADA
        • Envoy & Envoy XL
        • Trailblazer & Trailblazer Ext
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Theory and Operation
    • Engine Controls - Theory & Operation - 4.2L
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Airflow Sensing
          • Speed Density
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • A/C On/Request Signal
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
          • Battery Voltage
          • Brake Switch Feedback
          • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Cranking Signal
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Fuel Pump Feedback
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor
          • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • A/C Clutch Relay
          • Camshaft Actuator System
          • Cruise Control
          • Electronic Ignition
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump & Fuel Pump Relay
          • Idle Air Control Valve
          • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Self-Diagnostics
          • Serial Data
          • Shift Solenoids (Electronic Transmission)
          • Torque Converter Clutch
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Closed Loop Mode
          • Open Loop Mode
          • Sequential Fuel Injection System
        • Idle Speed
          • Notes
          • Throttle Actuator Control Motor
      • Ignition Systems
        • Electronic Ignition System
        • Ignition Timing Control
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Camshaft Actuator System
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Evaporative Emission System
          • Notes
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Malfunction Indicator Light
        • Serial Data
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Clutch
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Switches
        • Cooling Fan Control
        • Cruise Control
        • Transmission
          • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
          • Electronic Transmission
  • Vacuum Diagrams
    • Introduction
    • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Vacuum Hose Routing
        • 4.2L
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
      • Notes
      • ALERO, Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cavalier - 2.2L, Century, Grand Am, Grand PRIX, Impala, LESABRE, MALIBU, Monte CARLO, Park Avenue, Regal & SUNFIRE - 2.2L, AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, S10 Pickup - 2.2L, Silhouette, SONOMA - 2.2L & Venture
      • Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, BRAVADA, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Corvette, Cutaway, DEVILLE, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, SATURN - 2.2L, SAVANA, SAVANA Camper Special, SAVANA Special, SEVILLE, Sierra, SILVERADO, SONOMA - 4.3L, Suburban, TAHOE, Trailblazer, VUE - 2.2L, YUKON & YUKON XL
    • Engine Control Module Or Powertrain Control Module
      • Notes
      • Service Programming System
        • Notes
        • Service Programming Methods
      • Service Programming System Remote Procedure (Except Corvette)
        • Notes
        • Remote Procedure
        • Verifying Reprogramming
      • Service Programming System Remote Procedure (Corvette)
        • Notes
        • Before Programming A Control Module
        • PCM Programming Set Up With Special Tool
        • Remote Programming
        • Programming Verification
      • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
      • Service Programming System Off Board Remote Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing the Off Board Remote Procedure
      • Service Programming System Off Board Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing The Off Board Pass-Thru Procedure
    • Idle Air Control Valve Learn Procedure
      • DEVILLE & SEVILLE
      • SATURN (Ion) IAC Relearn Procedure
      • SATURN (L200 & LW200) IAC Relearn Procedure
    • Theft Deterrent System Components
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU)
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Impala, Monte CARLO, Regal & SUNFIRE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Impala, Monte CARLO, Regal & SUNFIRE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • Set Up A New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cts, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, Park Avenue & SEVILLE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cts, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, Park Avenue & SEVILLE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, AZTEK, BONNEVILLE, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, MONTANA, Park Avenue, Rendezvous, SEVILLE, Silhouette & Venture)
    • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
      • SATURN - 3.0L
    • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure
      • DEVILLE & SEVILLE
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2001-03
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Notes
      • Drive Cycle
        • Description
        • Enable Conditions
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E/4L65-E) DTCS - 4.2L
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E/4L65-E) DTCS - 5.3L
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.2L DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 5.3L DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Power Door Lock, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Power Seat DTCS
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 126-NP4) DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 226-NP8) DTCS
    • Wiper/Washer DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • Jacking And Lifting
      • Lifting And Jacking The Vehicle
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
          • Engine Order Related Disturbances
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (Non-System Balanced Flange)
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (System Balanced Flange)
          • Tools Required
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement (One-Piece)
          • Tools Required
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
            • Notes
            • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
            • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Reed Tachometer Description
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • Notes
        • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
        • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
        • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
        • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
        • With Base Audio System
        • With Navigation System
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • With Base Audio System
        • Without DIC
        • With Navigation System
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • With Information Center Display
        • With Visual Information Center
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Federal Emissions
        • California Emissions
    • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
    • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Notes
        • Description
        • Message Reset
    • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Resetting With Base Audio System
        • Resetting With Navigation System
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Notes
        • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
        • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
        • Notes
        • Using DIC Reset Button
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
        • Notes
        • Using DIC Reset Button
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
        • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes W5Z-XE3)
      • RPO Code Definitions (Codes W5Z-XE3)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic & Manual System
          • A/C Service Specifications
          • A/C Torque Specifications
      • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
      • Battery
        • Battery Service Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
          • Brake Bleeding Sequence Specification
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brake Service Specifications
          • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • Adjustment
          • Drive Belt Specifications & Procedures
        • Drive Belt Routing
          • Notes
          • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • Service
          • Engine Cooling Specifications
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure
        • Overhaul
        • Torque
      • Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel Pressure Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
      • Ignition System
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • High Tension Wires
          • Ignition High Tension Wire Resistance Specifications
        • Ignition Timing
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Specifications
      • Starting System
        • Starter
          • Starter Motor Service Applications
          • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Torque
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
          • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • A/C Performance Table
          • A/C Performance Table - with Rear A/C
          • A/C Performance Table - with Rear A/C and V8
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic (Body Vin Type 6)
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic (Body Vin Type 3)
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Auxiliary Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing (Body VIN Type 3)
        • Flushing (Body VIN Type 6)
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (Body VIN Type 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (Body VIN Type 6)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement (Body VIN 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement (Body VIN6)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement (Body VIN Code 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement (Body VIN Code 6)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Low Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (LL8)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (LM4)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement - Auxiliary (Body VIN Type 6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary (Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement Auxiliary (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Case Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Case Sump Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Pass Thru Seal Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Block Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipe
          • Replacement/Repair - Auxiliary
            • Notes
            • Minimum Tube Length Required Table
            • Straight Line Repair
            • Line Sectioning Repair
        • Evaporator Drain Hose Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
          • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematic Icons
          • HVAC Schematic Icons
        • HVAC Wiring Schematics
          • HVAC Schematics (Module Power, Ground, Serial Data, Blower Motor, & Coolant Bypass Valve)
          • HVAC Schematics (Compressor Controls)
          • HVAC Schematics (Air Delivery/Temperature Actuators)
          • HVAC Schematics (Air Temperature Sensors)
          • HVAC Schematics (Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor)
          • HVAC Schematics (Rear Mode Control and Blower Motor Aux - Body Type VIN 3)
          • HVAC Schematics (Rear HVAC with RSA-Body Type VIN 6)
          • HVAC Schematics (Steering Wheel Controls)
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
          • Engine, Left Side
          • Body Front End
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Engine Compartment, Right Rear
          • Coolant Bypass Valve (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Instrument Panel Carrier
          • Instrument Panel Carrier-Right Side
          • Instrument Panel Carrier-Center Section
          • Instrument Panel Carrier, Left and Right
          • Instrument Panel Carrier, Cowl Side
          • Instrument Panel Carrier-Air Duct
          • Instrument Panel
          • Instrument Panel, Center
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Lower I/P, Right Side
          • Front Auxiliary Blower Motor Switch (Body Type VIN 6)
          • B-Pillar, Left
          • Lower Console
          • HVAC Module-Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Control Processor-Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase, Body Type VIN 6)
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly
          • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Left
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Right
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Left
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Lower Right
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Left
          • Air Temperature Sensor - Upper Right
          • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly - Inside
          • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor
          • Ambient Light/Sunload Sensor Assembly
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Blower Motor - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Control Module
          • Blower Motor Control Processor - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Fuse - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Switch - Front Auxiliary
          • Console Mode Actuator (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Coolant Bypass Valve (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Defrost Actuator
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • HVAC Control Module- Auxiliary, with Rear Seat Audio (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Mode Actuator
          • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Mode Actuator - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • HVAC Control Module Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module Scan Tool Output Controls
          • PCM Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • BCM Scan Tool Data List
          • HVAC Control Module Scan Tool Data List
          • Rear HVAC Control Module Scan Tool Data List
          • PCM Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Lists
        • DTC B0145, B0428, or B3531: Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • B0145, B0428, or B3531
        • DTC B0150, B0433, OR B3782: Feedback Circuit Malfunction
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
            • Description and Operation
            • Electrical Information Reference
            • Scan Tool Reference
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Instructions
        • DTC B0159 or B0164: Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
          • B0159 or B0164
        • DTC B0174, B0179, B0510, or B0515: Discharge Air Temperature Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
          • B0174, B0179, B0510, or B0515
        • DTC B0183 or B0188: Sunload Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
          • B0183 or B0188
        • DTC B0229, B0414, B0424, B3761, or B3770: HVAC Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • B0229, B0414, B0424, B3761, Or B3770
        • DTC B0248, B0263, B0268, B0408, or B0418: HVAC Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • B0248, B0263, B0268, B0408, or B0418
        • DTC B1375: Device Ignition 3 (ON) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • B1375
        • DTC B2815: Steering Wheel Controls Illegal Resistance Value
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • B2815
        • DTC P0530: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • DTC P0530
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
          • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Too Hot In Vehicle - Temperature - Scan Tool Display
          • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Too Cold In Vehicle - Temperature - Scan Tool Display
          • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 3)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 3)
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 6)
          • Test Description
          • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 6)
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 3)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Too Cold In Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 3)
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 6)
          • Test Description
          • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (VIN 6)
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Air Delivery Improper
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Vacuum Control System Diagnostic
          • Vacuum Control System Diagnostic
        • Ambient Air Temperature Update Procedure
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Primary)
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Auxiliary HVAC)
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Auxiliary Blower Motor Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Processor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement- Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module-VIN 6
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator-VIN 6
            • Auxiliary Console Mode Actuator
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed - Front Control
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary - VIN 6
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary - VIN 3
            • Notes
            • OFF Mode
            • Steering Wheel Blower Motor Switch
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control VIN 3
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control VIN 6
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module-VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator-VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
            • Coolant Bypass Valve
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics (Compressor Controls)
          • HVAC Schematics (Compressor Controls)
          • HVAC Schematics (Air Delivery/Temperature Actuators)
          • HVAC Schematics (Rear Mode Controls-Body Type VIN 3)
          • HVAC Schematics (Rear HVAC-Body Type VIN 6)
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
          • Engine, Left Side
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Engine Compartment, Right Rear
          • Coolant Bypass Valve (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Instrument Panel Carrier
          • Instrument Panel Carrier, Left and Right
          • Instrument Panel Carrier, Cowl Side
          • Instrument Panel, Center
          • Lower I/P, Right Side
          • Front Auxiliary Blower Motor Switch (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Lower Console
          • HVAC Module-Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Control Processor-Auxiliary (Long Wheelbase, Body Type VIN 6)
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Assembly
          • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Air Temperature Actuator-Left
          • Air Temperature Actuator-- Right
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor-- Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Control Processor - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Fuse - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly
          • Blower Motor Switch - Front Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Console Mode Actuator (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Coolant Bypass Valve (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Defrost Actuator
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module-Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Control Module-- Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Mode Actuator
          • Mode Actuator-Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Mode Actuator-Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 6)
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
          • HVAC Control Module Scan Tool Output Controls
          • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module Scan Tool Output Controls
          • PCM Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • HVAC Control Module Scan Tool Data List
          • Rear HVAC Control Module Scan Tool Data List
          • PCM Scan Tool Data List
          • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0145, B0428, or B3531: Auxiliary HAVC Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0263, B0408, or B0418: HVAC Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0414, B0424, B3761, or B3770: HVAC Actuator Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375: Device Ignition 3 (ON) Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0530: Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary (Body Type VIN 3)
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Too Hot in Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (With Body Type VIN 3)
          • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (With Body Type VIN 3)
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary (With Body Type VIN 6)
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • HVAC Systems - Manual
        • Vacuum Control System Diagnostic
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Primary)
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/ Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators (Auxiliary HVAC)
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/ Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Auxiliary Blower Motor Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
            • Defrost Actuator
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Console Mode Actuator
            • Air Speed - Front Control
            • Low Blower Speed
            • Medium Blower Speeds
            • High Blower Speed
            • Air Speed - Auxiliary
            • Air Distribution
            • Front Defrost
            • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control
            • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module - VIN 6
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator - VIN 6
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
            • Coolant Bypass Valve
            • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Sir Coil Assembly
          • With Centering Window & Service Lock
          • With Centering Window & No Service Lock
          • With Service Lock & No Centering Window
          • Without Centering Window Or Service Lock
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Disabling System
          • Notes
          • Zone 1
          • Zone 2
          • Zone 3
          • Zone 5
          • Zone 6
          • Zone 7
          • Zone 8
          • Zone 9
        • Activating System
          • Zone 1
          • Zone 2
          • Zone 3
          • Zone 5
          • Zone 6
          • Zone 7
          • Zone 8
          • Zone 9
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Deployment
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation (Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Passenger-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Side Impact)
        • Center Console (Side Impact)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sir Coil Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC'S)
        • Scan Tool Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Notes
          • Perform SIR Diagnostic System Check
          • Refer To Proper Diagnostic Test
          • Repeat SIR Diagnostic System Check
        • Sir Diagnostic System Check
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Connector Identification
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Air Bag Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0012,B0013,B0014, B0016,B0017,B0018: Passenger-Side Air Bag Deployment Loop Stage 2 Resistance Low/ Stage 2 Resistance High/ Stage 2 Short To Ground Or Voltage/Stage 1 Resistance Low/ Stage 1 Resistance High/ Stage 1 Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042,B0043, B0044: Driver Deployment Loop Stage 1 Resistance Low/Stage1 Short To Ground Or Voltage/Stage 1 Resistance High/Stage 2 Resistance Low/Stage 2 Short To Ground Or Voltage/Stage 2 Resistance High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0028, B0029, B0030: Passenger Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0040, B0041, B0045: Driver Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0077,B0078,B0079, B0080,B0081,B0082: Driver-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Passenger-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Driver-Side Sis Identification Error/Driver-Side Sis NOK Message/Passenger-Side Sis Identification Error/Passenger-Side Sis NOK Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102,B0103,B0104, B0105: Driver-Side EFS Valid Identification Message Not Received/NOK Message/Incorrect Identification Message, Passenger-Side EFS Valid Identification Message Not Received/NOK Message/Incorrect Identification Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1000: Internal SDM Failure
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
          • Sebring Coupe/Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Disabling System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Aviator)
          • Activating System (Aviator)
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS)
          • Activating System (LS)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
          • Disabling System (ZX2)
          • Activating System (ZX2)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Aviator, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250-550 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Thunderbird)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
          • Removal & Installation (ZX2)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Notes
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System (PPS)
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR) Disabling & Enabling Zones
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Disabling System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Activating System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille)
          • Activating System (DeVille)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, ION)
          • Activating System (Saturn, ION)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn VUE)
          • Activating System (Saturn VUE)
          • Disabling System (Seville)
          • Activating System (Seville)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
          • Seat Belt Buckle
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - LF
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Always On
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Inoperative
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Left Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Anchor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
          • Sebring Coupe/Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Disabling System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Aviator)
          • Activating System (Aviator)
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS)
          • Activating System (LS)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
          • Disabling System (ZX2)
          • Activating System (ZX2)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Aviator, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250-550 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Thunderbird)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
          • Removal & Installation (ZX2)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Notes
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System (PPS)
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR) Disabling & Enabling Zones
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Disabling System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Activating System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille)
          • Activating System (DeVille)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, ION)
          • Activating System (Saturn, ION)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn VUE)
          • Activating System (Saturn VUE)
          • Disabling System (Seville)
          • Activating System (Seville)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
          • Seat Belt Buckle
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - LF
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Always On
        • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator/Chime Inoperative
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Side Buckle Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Left Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Center Rear (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Anchor Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer, Envoy & Bravada)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement - Rear No. 1 (TrailBlazer EXT & Envoy XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Seat Belt System Circuit Description
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
          • Sebring Coupe/Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Disabling System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Aviator)
          • Activating System (Aviator)
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS)
          • Activating System (LS)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
          • Disabling System (ZX2)
          • Activating System (ZX2)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Aviator, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250-550 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Thunderbird)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
          • Removal & Installation (ZX2)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Notes
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System (PPS)
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR) Disabling & Enabling Zones
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Disabling System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Activating System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille)
          • Activating System (DeVille)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, ION)
          • Activating System (Saturn, ION)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn VUE)
          • Activating System (Saturn VUE)
          • Disabling System (Seville)
          • Activating System (Seville)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
          • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View
          • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
          • Power Steering Pump Assembly - CB Series
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Rack and Pinion System
          • Test Description
            • Notes
            • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
          • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (4.2L)
          • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (4.2L)
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (5.3L)
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
          • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
          • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
          • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (5.3L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (4.2L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (5.3L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Power Steering Hose Assembly Replacement (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Hose Assembly Replacement (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (CB Series Pump)
        • Power Steering Pump Assembly - CB Series
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion System
        • Test Description
          • Notes
          • Power Steering System Test Procedure
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (4.2L)
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (4.2L)
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System (5.3L)
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.2L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (5.3L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (CB Series)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (4.2L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (5.3L)
        • Removal
        • Installation
      • Power Steering Hose Assembly Replacement (4.2L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Hose Assembly Replacement (5.3L)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (Rack and Pinion)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Tilt Steering Column
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Column Components
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission In Any Gear
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Looseness In Steering Column
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Housing Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Shaft Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Suspension Controls Schematics
          • Suspension Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
          • Chassis, Right Side
          • Chassis, Right Rear (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Rear Trim Panel (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Right Rear (Body Type VIN 3)
          • Chassis, LR (Body Type VIN 6)
        • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
          • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C1
          • Air Suspension Compressor Assembly C2
          • Air Suspension Sensor - LR
          • Air Suspension Sensor - RR
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Air Suspension
        • Diagnostic System Check - Air Suspension
          • Overview
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC 001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • DTC 001
        • DTC 002
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • DTC 002
        • DTC 003
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • DTC 003
        • Symptoms - Air Suspension
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Air Springs Do Not Inflate
          • Rear Air Springs Do Not Inflate
        • Rear Air Springs Do Not Deflate
          • Rear Air Springs Do Not Deflate
        • Inflator Inoperative
          • Inflator Inoperative
        • Trim Height Uneven
          • Trim Height Uneven
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Air Spring Level Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Air Suspension Depressurization Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Leveling Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflator Air Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Suspension Air Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Suspension Description and Operation
          • Air Suspension
          • Accumulator Timer
          • Progress Timer
          • Air Suspension Sensors
          • Rear Air Springs
  • Front Suspension System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Upper Ball Joint Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Knuckle Replacement (RWD)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Knuckle Replacement (4WD)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Upper Control Arm Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Control Arm Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Control Arm Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Stud Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (RWD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (4WD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shock Module Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shock, Shock Component, and/or Spring Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shock Module Yoke Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shock Absorber Disposal
    • Description and Operation
      • General Description (Coil Spring)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Rear Suspension System
    • General Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Axle Tie Rod Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rear Axle Brace Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shock Absorber Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Notes
        • Disposal Procedures
      • Coil Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wheel Stud Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Specifications
    • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
          • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Tire Wear
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
        • Tire Hoist and Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
          • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
          • Notes
          • Inflation Pressure Conversion (Kilopascals to PSI)
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools & Equipment
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul & Testing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
      • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Cable Re-Adjustment
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Component Tests
        • Torque Converter
          • Inspection
          • Torque Converter End Play Check
      • Transmission Disassembly
        • Converter Housing
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly
        • Extension Housing
        • Valve Body, 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulators
        • Oil Pump, Input Clutch & Reverse Clutch
        • 2-4 Band, Input Gear Set & Reaction Gear Set
        • Low-Reverse Clutch
        • Inner Manual Shaft Linkage
        • 3RD Accumulator Retainer & Ball Assembly
      • Component Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Oil Pump
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Reverse Input Clutch & Forward Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Forward Clutch Sprag
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Low-Reverse Support
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Valve Body
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Transmission Case
          • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Reaction & Input Gear Sets, Low-Reverse Clutch & Support
          • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Miscellaneous Case Components
          • Cleaning & Inspection
      • Transmission Reassembly
        • Notes
        • Low-Reverse Clutch
        • Reaction & Input Gear Sets
        • Reverse Input Assembly & Input Clutch
        • Oil Pump Assembly
        • 2-4 Band & Servo Assembly
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Valve Body, 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulators
        • Extension Housing
      • Torque Specifications
      • Transmission Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E (Diagnosis)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Torque Converter End Play Specifications
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Transmission Scan Tool Data List (4.2L)
        • Transmission Scan Tool Data List (5.3L)
        • Transmission Scan Tool Data Definitions (4.2L)
        • Transmission Scan Tool Data Definitions (5.3L)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
          • Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
        • DTC P0218 (4.2L): Transmission Fluid Overtemperature
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0218 (5.3L): Transmission Fluid Overtemperature
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502 (4.2L): Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502 (5.3L): Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503 (4.2L): Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit Intermittent
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503 (5.3L): Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Circuit Intermittent
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0705 (4.2L): Transmission Range (TR) Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0706 (5.3L): Transmission Range (TR) Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711 (4.2L): TFT Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711 (5.3L): TFT Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712 (4.2L): Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712 (5.3L): Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713 (4.2L): Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713 (5.3L): Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719 (4.2L): Brake Switch Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719 (5.3L): Brake Switch Circuit Low Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724 (4.2L): Brake Switch Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724 (5.3L): Brake Switch Circuit High Input
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0740 (4.2L): TCC Enable Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0740 (5.3L): TCC Enable Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741 (4.2L): Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) System-Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741 (5.3L): Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) System-Stuck Off
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742 (4.2L): TCC System Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742 (5.3L): TCC System Stuck On
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748 (4.2L): Pressure Control Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748 (5.3L): Pressure Control Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751 (4.2L): 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751 (5.3L): 1-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752 (4.2L): 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Performance - No Second Or Third Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752 (5.3L): 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Performance - No Second Or Third Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753 (4.2L): 1-2 Shift Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753 (5.3L): 1-2 Shift Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756 (4.2L): 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756 (5.3L): 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valve Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757 (4.2L): 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Performance - No Third Or Fourth Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757 (5.3L): 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Performance - No Third Or Fourth Gear
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0758 (4.2L): 2-3 Shift Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0758 (5.3L): 2-3 Shift Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0785 (4.2L): 3-2 Shift Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0785 (5.3L): 3-2 Shift Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0894 (5.3L): Transmission Component Slipping
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1810 (4.2L): TFP Valve Position Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1810 (5.3L): TFP Valve Position Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1860 (4.2L): TCC PWM Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1860 (5.3L): TCC PWM Solenoid Circuit Electrical
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1870 (4.2L):
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1875 (5.3L):
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (4.2L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range (5.3L)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
            • Notes
            • Manual 4-3 Downshift
            • Manual 4-2 Downshift
            • Manual 4-1 Downshift
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
            • Notes
            • Reverse
            • Manual First
            • Manual Second
            • Manual Third
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
            • Notes
            • Gaskets
            • Seals
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
            • Transmission Oil Pan
            • Case Leak
            • Leak at the Torque Converter End
            • Leak at the Vent Pipe or the Fluid Fill Tube
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Notes
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Overheats
        • Oil Pressure High or Low
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Inaccurate Shift Points
        • First Gear Range Only - No Upshift
        • Slips in First Gear
        • Slipping or Harsh 1-2 Shift
        • No 2-3 Shift or 2-3 Shift Slips, Rough or Hunting
        • Second/Third Gear Only or First/Fourth Gears Only
        • No First or Second Gear/No Third or Fourth Gear
        • No Second Gear, No Fourth Gear, and No Reverse Gear
        • Third Gear Only
        • 3-2 Flare or Tie-Up
        • No 3-4 Shift, Slips or Rough 3-4 Shift
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • No Part Throttle or Delayed Downshifts
        • Harsh Garage Shift
        • No Overrun Braking - Manual 3-2-1
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply (300 RPM Slip)
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip - 100 RPM Slip
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip with Stall/Stumble
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Intermittent - OK Cold/Slips Hot
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Slip/Flare in Any Gear
        • No Third Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • Second Gear Start
        • No Park
        • Oil Out the Vent
        • Vibration in Reverse and Whining Noise in Park
        • Ratcheting Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No Drive in Drive Range
        • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
        • No Gear Selection
        • Engine Starts in Gear
        • Delay in Drive and Reverse
        • Lack of Power or Hesitation
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
          • Notes
          • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
    • Automatic Transmission - Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Automatic Transmission - Removal & Installation
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transmission
          • Removal (4.2L)
          • Installation (4.2L)
          • Removal (5.3L)
          • Installation (5.3L)
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission Servicing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Oil Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
          • Draining
          • Refilling
        • Oil Cooler Flushing
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Check
          • Clean-Up
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control & Shift Solenoids
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe (VIN 3)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe (VIN 6 - 4.2L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe (VIN 6 - 5.3L)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Lines Quick Connect Fittings
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Regulator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC PWM Solenoid, TCC Solenoid & Wiring Harness
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Support
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Valve Body & Pressure Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-4 Servo
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Park Lock Solenoid Inoperative
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
          • Park Lock Solenoid
  • Automatic Transmission - Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
    • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
  • Transfer Case
    • Transfer Case - NVG 126-NP4
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Transfer Case Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Transfer Case Control Component Views
          • Instrument Carrier Support, Lower Left
          • Transfer Case
        • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views
          • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Front
          • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Rear
          • Transfer Case Encoder Motor
          • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C1
          • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C2
          • Transfer Case Shift Control Module C3
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Diagnostic System Check - Transfer Case
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0300: Rear Speed Sensor Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0305: Front Speed Sensor Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0306: Motor A or B Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0327: Encoder Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0374: General System Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Service Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Service Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transfer Case Popping Noise
        • Transfer Case Whine or Rumble Noise
        • Transfer Case Grating Noise
        • Transfer Case Clunk During Acceleration and Deceleration
        • Transfer Case Shudder or Binding
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Control Module Reprogramming
          • Set-up for Module Programming/Reprogramming
          • Remote Programming Feature
          • Programming Using Scan Tool Pass-Through Connection
        • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Motor/Encoder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Left Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Circuit Description
          • Transfer Case Shift Control Module
          • Transfer Case Motor/Encoder
          • Transfer Case Encoder
          • Transfer Case Speed Sensors
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Rear Propshaft Speed Sensor
          • Front Propshaft Speed Sensor
          • SERVICE AWD indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Transfer Case - NVG 126-NP4 (Unit Repair)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Visual Identification
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
        • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Front Case Half
          • Rear Case Half
          • Rear Extension
          • Rear Output Shaft
          • Clutch Components
          • Drive Chain and Sprockets
          • Front Output Shaft
          • Input Gear
        • Transfer Case Assemble
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Transfer Case - Removal & Installation
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transfer Case (NVG 126)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transfer Case (NVG 226)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Tank Shield
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Transfer Case - Servicing
      • Application
      • Lubrication
        • Notes
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Levels
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
          • Draining
          • Refilling
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Front Output Shaft Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Output Shaft Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Speed Sensors
          • Removal & Installation
      • Torque Specifications
• External Pages